25001 products

SE Series Standard Cylinder

ISO15552 Standard Cylinder - SE Series

  • Product Features
  • Specifications
  • Stroke
  • Product Ordering Code

Product Features

  • ISO15552, VDMA24562 standard certified.
  • Piston seal adopts two Y-shape one-way seal structure, which features compact dimensions and grease storage function.
  • Square aluminum tube, no tie rod, good corrosion resistance.
  • Cylinder buffer adjustment is smooth and steady.
  • Various specifications of cylinders and mounting accessories are available for customers to choose from.

Specifications

Bore Size (mm) 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
Action Double Acting
Fluid Air (filtered 40μm or better)
Mounting Type SE: Basic, FA, FB, CA, CB, CR, LB, TC, FTC, TCM1, TCM2
SED, SEJ: Basic, FA, LB, TC, FTC, TCM1, TCM2
Operating Pressure 0.15~1.0MPa (22~145psi) (1.5~10.0bar)
Proof Pressure 1.5MPa (215psi) (15bar)
Temperature °C -20~70
Speed range mm/s 30~800 30~500
Stroke Tolerance 0~250 +1.0/0, 251~1000 +1.5/0, 1001~1500 +2.0/0
Cushion Type Adjustable Cushion
Port Size [Note 1] PT1/8 PT1/4 PT3/8 PT1/2
Note:
[1] PT thread, G thread are optional. For sensors, please refer to the relevant catalog pages.

Stroke Specifications

Bore (mm) Standard Stroke (mm) Max. Stroke Max. Allowable Stroke
32 25 50 75 80 100 125 150 160 175 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 1000 1800
40 25 50 75 80 100 125 150 160 175 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 1200 1800
50 25 50 75 80 100 125 150 160 175 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1800
63 25 50 75 80 100 125 150 160 175 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1500 1800
80 25 50 75 80 100 125 150 160 175 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1500 1800
100 25 50 75 80 100 125 150 160 175 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1500 1800
125 25 50 75 80 100 125 150 160 175 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1500 1800
Note: Please contact the company for other special strokes.

Product Ordering Code

Example: SE 80 x 50 S LB

No. Category Description / Code
① Model SE: Standard Double Acting
SED: Double Shaft Double Acting
SEJ: Adjustable Stroke Double Acting
② Bore Size 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125
③ Rod Material Blank: Carbon Steel (Standard)
A: SUS420J2
B: SUS304
C: SUS316
④ Stroke Refer to Stroke table
⑤ Adjustable Stroke Only for SEJ series (e.g., 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100)
⑥ Magnet Blank: No Magnet
S: With Magnet
⑦ Mounting [Note 1] Blank: Standard
LB: Axial Foot
FA: Front Flange
FB: Rear Flange
CA: Single Clevis
CB: Double Clevis
CR: Clevis with pin
TC: Central Trunnion
FTC: Front Trunnion
⑧ Seal Material Blank: TPU (Standard)
H: Viton (Heat resistant)
N: NBR
⑨ Thread Blank: PT Thread
G: G Thread
Note 1: For details on accessories, please refer to pages P20~22. CR attachment is used with CB.
  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40X150S Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40X150S - 2

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40X150S

    Specifications: SE40X150S — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 150 mm stroke, medium-carbon steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and PT1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: basic mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore No rod-material suffix Medium-carbon steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 150 150 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston No mounting suffix Basic mounting configuration No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table No thread suffix PT1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40X150S Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 150 mm; Catalog standard stroke Piston rod Medium-carbon steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Basic mounting Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread PT1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +1 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 1491.8 g (1.4918 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 150 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 309 mm = 159 + 150; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 255 mm = 105 + 150 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 312.5 mm = 159 + 150 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 462.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 150 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = PT1/4 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection The current model has no selected mounting suffix. Choose mounting parts for the load path and confirm their supply separately. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006B,4V12006B,4V21006B,4V22006B,4V21008B,4V22008B; 4A 4A11006,4A12006,4A21006,4A22006,4A21008,4A22008. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. These valve examples have PT ports. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod Medium carbon steel; standard structure uses a hard-chrome-plated, ground S45C rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. The catalog gives 6–8 N·m as a PT1/4 piping-thread tightening reference. Apply it only to PT fittings with the specified mating seal; do not apply it automatically to G1/4 joints. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled PC straight 4 mm OD: PC402,PC402D,PC402-S,PC402D-S; 6 mm OD: PC602,PC602D,PC602-S,PC602D-S; 8 mm OD: PC802,PC802D,PC802-S,PC802D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1002,PC1002D,PC1002-S,PC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1202,PC1202D,PC1202-S,PC1202D-S POC round straight 4 mm OD: POC402,POC402D,POC402-S,POC402D-S; 6 mm OD: POC602,POC602D,POC602-S,POC602D-S; 8 mm OD: POC802,POC802D,POC802-S,POC802D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1002,POC1002D,POC1002-S,POC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1202,POC1202D,POC1202-S,POC1202D-S PL elbow 4 mm OD: PL402,PL402D,PL402-S,PL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PL602,PL602D,PL602-S,PL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PL802,PL802D,PL802-S,PL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1002,PL1002D,PL1002-S,PL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1202,PL1202D,PL1202-S,PL1202D-S PLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: PLL402,PLL402D,PLL402-S,PLL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PLL602,PLL602D,PLL602-S,PLL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL802,PLL802D,PLL802-S,PLL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1002,PLL1002D,PLL1002-S,PLL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1202,PLL1202D,PLL1202-S,PLL1202D-S PEB branch tee 4 mm OD: PEB402,PEB402D,PEB402-S,PEB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PEB602,PEB602D,PEB602-S,PEB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB802,PEB802D,PEB802-S,PEB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1002,PEB1002D,PEB1002-S,PEB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1202,PEB1202D,PEB1202-S,PEB1202D-S PED run tee 4 mm OD: PED402,PED402D,PED402-S,PED402D-S; 6 mm OD: PED602,PED602D,PED602-S,PED602D-S; 8 mm OD: PED802,PED802D,PED802-S,PED802D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1002,PED1002D,PED1002-S,PED1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1202,PED1202D,PED1202-S,PED1202D-S PYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: PYB402,PYB402D,PYB402-S,PYB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PYB602,PYB602D,PYB602-S,PYB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB802,PYB802D,PYB802-S,PYB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1002,PYB1002D,PYB1002-S,PYB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1202,PYB1202D,PYB1202-S,PYB1202D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH602,PH602D,PH602-S,PH602D-S; 8 mm OD: PH802,PH802D,PH802-S,PH802D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1002,PH1002D,PH1002-S,PH1002D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF602,PHF602D,PHF602-S,PHF602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF802,PHF802D,PHF802-S,PHF802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1002,PHF1002D,PHF1002-S,PHF1002D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW602,PHW602D,PHW602-S,PHW602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW802,PHW802D,PHW802-S,PHW802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1002,PHW1002D,PHW1002-S,PHW1002D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB602,PZB602D,PZB602-S,PZB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB802,PZB802D,PZB802-S,PZB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1002,PZB1002D,PZB1002-S,PZB1002D-S PKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: PKD8-602,PKD8-602D,PKD8-602-S,PKD8-602D-S BPC metal straight 4 mm OD: BPC402; 6 mm OD: BPC602; 8 mm OD: BPC802; 10 mm OD: BPC1002; 12 mm OD: BPC1202 BPOC metal round straight 6 mm OD: BPOC602; 8 mm OD: BPOC802; 10 mm OD: BPOC1002 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-02,BKC0604-02-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-02,BKC0805-02-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-02,BKC0806-02-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-02,BKC1065-02-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-02,BKC1075-02-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-02,BKC1208-02-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-02,BKC1209-02-S BB male–male adapter male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-S; male PT1/4: BB0202,BB0202-S; male PT3/8: BB0203,BB0203-S; male PT1/2: BB0204,BB0204-S BD male–female adapter female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-S BZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only BZ02,BZ02-S BSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only BSL02,BSL02-S BSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only BSLM02,BSLM02-S BESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only BESL02,BESL02-S PAL plastic exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only PAL02,PAL02D PALM miniature plastic exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only PALM02,PALM02D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL602A,PSL602AD,PSL602B,PSL602BD,PSL602A-S,PSL602AD-S,PSL602B-S,PSL602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL802A,PSL802AD,PSL802B,PSL802BD,PSL802A-S,PSL802AD-S,PSL802B-S,PSL802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1002A,PSL1002AD,PSL1002B,PSL1002BD,PSL1002A-S,PSL1002AD-S,PSL1002B-S,PSL1002BD-S PSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: PSS602A,PSS602AD,PSS602B,PSS602BD,PSS602A-S,PSS602AD-S,PSS602B-S,PSS602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSS802A,PSS802AD,PSS802B,PSS802BD,PSS802A-S,PSS802AD-S,PSS802B-S,PSS802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSS1002A,PSS1002AD,PSS1002B,PSS1002BD,PSS1002A-S,PSS1002AD-S,PSS1002B-S,PSS1002BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL602A,PTL602AD,PTL602B,PTL602BD; 8 mm OD: PTL802A,PTL802AD,PTL802B,PTL802BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1002A,PTL1002AD,PTL1002B,PTL1002BD PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female PT1/4: ASC20008 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT1/4: GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use PT1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. PHF has an additional female PT1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. BKC/BB/BD/BZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. BKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs BKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. BB/BD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. BZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. PTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; BESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $134.26

  • Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40X300S Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40X300S

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40X300S

    Specifications: SE40X300S — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 300 mm stroke, medium-carbon steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and PT1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: basic mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore No rod-material suffix Medium-carbon steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 300 300 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston No mounting suffix Basic mounting configuration No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table No thread suffix PT1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40X300S Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 300 mm; Catalog standard stroke Piston rod Medium-carbon steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Basic mounting Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread PT1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +1.5 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 2142.8 g (2.1428 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 300 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 459 mm = 159 + 300; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 405 mm = 105 + 300 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 462.5 mm = 159 + 300 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 762.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 300 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = PT1/4 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection The current model has no selected mounting suffix. Choose mounting parts for the load path and confirm their supply separately. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006B,4V12006B,4V21006B,4V22006B,4V21008B,4V22008B; 4A 4A11006,4A12006,4A21006,4A22006,4A21008,4A22008. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. These valve examples have PT ports. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod Medium carbon steel; standard structure uses a hard-chrome-plated, ground S45C rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. The catalog gives 6–8 N·m as a PT1/4 piping-thread tightening reference. Apply it only to PT fittings with the specified mating seal; do not apply it automatically to G1/4 joints. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled PC straight 4 mm OD: PC402,PC402D,PC402-S,PC402D-S; 6 mm OD: PC602,PC602D,PC602-S,PC602D-S; 8 mm OD: PC802,PC802D,PC802-S,PC802D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1002,PC1002D,PC1002-S,PC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1202,PC1202D,PC1202-S,PC1202D-S POC round straight 4 mm OD: POC402,POC402D,POC402-S,POC402D-S; 6 mm OD: POC602,POC602D,POC602-S,POC602D-S; 8 mm OD: POC802,POC802D,POC802-S,POC802D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1002,POC1002D,POC1002-S,POC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1202,POC1202D,POC1202-S,POC1202D-S PL elbow 4 mm OD: PL402,PL402D,PL402-S,PL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PL602,PL602D,PL602-S,PL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PL802,PL802D,PL802-S,PL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1002,PL1002D,PL1002-S,PL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1202,PL1202D,PL1202-S,PL1202D-S PLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: PLL402,PLL402D,PLL402-S,PLL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PLL602,PLL602D,PLL602-S,PLL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL802,PLL802D,PLL802-S,PLL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1002,PLL1002D,PLL1002-S,PLL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1202,PLL1202D,PLL1202-S,PLL1202D-S PEB branch tee 4 mm OD: PEB402,PEB402D,PEB402-S,PEB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PEB602,PEB602D,PEB602-S,PEB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB802,PEB802D,PEB802-S,PEB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1002,PEB1002D,PEB1002-S,PEB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1202,PEB1202D,PEB1202-S,PEB1202D-S PED run tee 4 mm OD: PED402,PED402D,PED402-S,PED402D-S; 6 mm OD: PED602,PED602D,PED602-S,PED602D-S; 8 mm OD: PED802,PED802D,PED802-S,PED802D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1002,PED1002D,PED1002-S,PED1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1202,PED1202D,PED1202-S,PED1202D-S PYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: PYB402,PYB402D,PYB402-S,PYB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PYB602,PYB602D,PYB602-S,PYB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB802,PYB802D,PYB802-S,PYB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1002,PYB1002D,PYB1002-S,PYB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1202,PYB1202D,PYB1202-S,PYB1202D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH602,PH602D,PH602-S,PH602D-S; 8 mm OD: PH802,PH802D,PH802-S,PH802D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1002,PH1002D,PH1002-S,PH1002D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF602,PHF602D,PHF602-S,PHF602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF802,PHF802D,PHF802-S,PHF802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1002,PHF1002D,PHF1002-S,PHF1002D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW602,PHW602D,PHW602-S,PHW602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW802,PHW802D,PHW802-S,PHW802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1002,PHW1002D,PHW1002-S,PHW1002D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB602,PZB602D,PZB602-S,PZB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB802,PZB802D,PZB802-S,PZB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1002,PZB1002D,PZB1002-S,PZB1002D-S PKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: PKD8-602,PKD8-602D,PKD8-602-S,PKD8-602D-S BPC metal straight 4 mm OD: BPC402; 6 mm OD: BPC602; 8 mm OD: BPC802; 10 mm OD: BPC1002; 12 mm OD: BPC1202 BPOC metal round straight 6 mm OD: BPOC602; 8 mm OD: BPOC802; 10 mm OD: BPOC1002 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-02,BKC0604-02-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-02,BKC0805-02-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-02,BKC0806-02-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-02,BKC1065-02-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-02,BKC1075-02-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-02,BKC1208-02-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-02,BKC1209-02-S BB male–male adapter male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-S; male PT1/4: BB0202,BB0202-S; male PT3/8: BB0203,BB0203-S; male PT1/2: BB0204,BB0204-S BD male–female adapter female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-S BZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only BZ02,BZ02-S BSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only BSL02,BSL02-S BSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only BSLM02,BSLM02-S BESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only BESL02,BESL02-S PAL plastic exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only PAL02,PAL02D PALM miniature plastic exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only PALM02,PALM02D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL602A,PSL602AD,PSL602B,PSL602BD,PSL602A-S,PSL602AD-S,PSL602B-S,PSL602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL802A,PSL802AD,PSL802B,PSL802BD,PSL802A-S,PSL802AD-S,PSL802B-S,PSL802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1002A,PSL1002AD,PSL1002B,PSL1002BD,PSL1002A-S,PSL1002AD-S,PSL1002B-S,PSL1002BD-S PSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: PSS602A,PSS602AD,PSS602B,PSS602BD,PSS602A-S,PSS602AD-S,PSS602B-S,PSS602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSS802A,PSS802AD,PSS802B,PSS802BD,PSS802A-S,PSS802AD-S,PSS802B-S,PSS802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSS1002A,PSS1002AD,PSS1002B,PSS1002BD,PSS1002A-S,PSS1002AD-S,PSS1002B-S,PSS1002BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL602A,PTL602AD,PTL602B,PTL602BD; 8 mm OD: PTL802A,PTL802AD,PTL802B,PTL802BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1002A,PTL1002AD,PTL1002B,PTL1002BD PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female PT1/4: ASC20008 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT1/4: GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use PT1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. PHF has an additional female PT1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. BKC/BB/BD/BZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. BKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs BKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. BB/BD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. BZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. PTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; BESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $178.29

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40X250S Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40X250S

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40X250S

    Specifications: SE40X250S — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 250 mm stroke, medium-carbon steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and PT1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: basic mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore No rod-material suffix Medium-carbon steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 250 250 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston No mounting suffix Basic mounting configuration No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table No thread suffix PT1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40X250S Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 250 mm; Catalog standard stroke Piston rod Medium-carbon steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Basic mounting Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread PT1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +1 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 1925.8 g (1.9258 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 250 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 409 mm = 159 + 250; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 355 mm = 105 + 250 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 412.5 mm = 159 + 250 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 662.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 250 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = PT1/4 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection The current model has no selected mounting suffix. Choose mounting parts for the load path and confirm their supply separately. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006B,4V12006B,4V21006B,4V22006B,4V21008B,4V22008B; 4A 4A11006,4A12006,4A21006,4A22006,4A21008,4A22008. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. These valve examples have PT ports. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod Medium carbon steel; standard structure uses a hard-chrome-plated, ground S45C rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. The catalog gives 6–8 N·m as a PT1/4 piping-thread tightening reference. Apply it only to PT fittings with the specified mating seal; do not apply it automatically to G1/4 joints. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled PC straight 4 mm OD: PC402,PC402D,PC402-S,PC402D-S; 6 mm OD: PC602,PC602D,PC602-S,PC602D-S; 8 mm OD: PC802,PC802D,PC802-S,PC802D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1002,PC1002D,PC1002-S,PC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1202,PC1202D,PC1202-S,PC1202D-S POC round straight 4 mm OD: POC402,POC402D,POC402-S,POC402D-S; 6 mm OD: POC602,POC602D,POC602-S,POC602D-S; 8 mm OD: POC802,POC802D,POC802-S,POC802D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1002,POC1002D,POC1002-S,POC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1202,POC1202D,POC1202-S,POC1202D-S PL elbow 4 mm OD: PL402,PL402D,PL402-S,PL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PL602,PL602D,PL602-S,PL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PL802,PL802D,PL802-S,PL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1002,PL1002D,PL1002-S,PL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1202,PL1202D,PL1202-S,PL1202D-S PLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: PLL402,PLL402D,PLL402-S,PLL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PLL602,PLL602D,PLL602-S,PLL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL802,PLL802D,PLL802-S,PLL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1002,PLL1002D,PLL1002-S,PLL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1202,PLL1202D,PLL1202-S,PLL1202D-S PEB branch tee 4 mm OD: PEB402,PEB402D,PEB402-S,PEB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PEB602,PEB602D,PEB602-S,PEB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB802,PEB802D,PEB802-S,PEB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1002,PEB1002D,PEB1002-S,PEB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1202,PEB1202D,PEB1202-S,PEB1202D-S PED run tee 4 mm OD: PED402,PED402D,PED402-S,PED402D-S; 6 mm OD: PED602,PED602D,PED602-S,PED602D-S; 8 mm OD: PED802,PED802D,PED802-S,PED802D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1002,PED1002D,PED1002-S,PED1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1202,PED1202D,PED1202-S,PED1202D-S PYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: PYB402,PYB402D,PYB402-S,PYB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PYB602,PYB602D,PYB602-S,PYB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB802,PYB802D,PYB802-S,PYB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1002,PYB1002D,PYB1002-S,PYB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1202,PYB1202D,PYB1202-S,PYB1202D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH602,PH602D,PH602-S,PH602D-S; 8 mm OD: PH802,PH802D,PH802-S,PH802D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1002,PH1002D,PH1002-S,PH1002D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF602,PHF602D,PHF602-S,PHF602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF802,PHF802D,PHF802-S,PHF802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1002,PHF1002D,PHF1002-S,PHF1002D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW602,PHW602D,PHW602-S,PHW602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW802,PHW802D,PHW802-S,PHW802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1002,PHW1002D,PHW1002-S,PHW1002D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB602,PZB602D,PZB602-S,PZB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB802,PZB802D,PZB802-S,PZB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1002,PZB1002D,PZB1002-S,PZB1002D-S PKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: PKD8-602,PKD8-602D,PKD8-602-S,PKD8-602D-S BPC metal straight 4 mm OD: BPC402; 6 mm OD: BPC602; 8 mm OD: BPC802; 10 mm OD: BPC1002; 12 mm OD: BPC1202 BPOC metal round straight 6 mm OD: BPOC602; 8 mm OD: BPOC802; 10 mm OD: BPOC1002 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-02,BKC0604-02-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-02,BKC0805-02-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-02,BKC0806-02-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-02,BKC1065-02-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-02,BKC1075-02-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-02,BKC1208-02-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-02,BKC1209-02-S BB male–male adapter male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-S; male PT1/4: BB0202,BB0202-S; male PT3/8: BB0203,BB0203-S; male PT1/2: BB0204,BB0204-S BD male–female adapter female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-S BZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only BZ02,BZ02-S BSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only BSL02,BSL02-S BSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only BSLM02,BSLM02-S BESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only BESL02,BESL02-S PAL plastic exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only PAL02,PAL02D PALM miniature plastic exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only PALM02,PALM02D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL602A,PSL602AD,PSL602B,PSL602BD,PSL602A-S,PSL602AD-S,PSL602B-S,PSL602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL802A,PSL802AD,PSL802B,PSL802BD,PSL802A-S,PSL802AD-S,PSL802B-S,PSL802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1002A,PSL1002AD,PSL1002B,PSL1002BD,PSL1002A-S,PSL1002AD-S,PSL1002B-S,PSL1002BD-S PSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: PSS602A,PSS602AD,PSS602B,PSS602BD,PSS602A-S,PSS602AD-S,PSS602B-S,PSS602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSS802A,PSS802AD,PSS802B,PSS802BD,PSS802A-S,PSS802AD-S,PSS802B-S,PSS802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSS1002A,PSS1002AD,PSS1002B,PSS1002BD,PSS1002A-S,PSS1002AD-S,PSS1002B-S,PSS1002BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL602A,PTL602AD,PTL602B,PTL602BD; 8 mm OD: PTL802A,PTL802AD,PTL802B,PTL802BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1002A,PTL1002AD,PTL1002B,PTL1002BD PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female PT1/4: ASC20008 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT1/4: GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use PT1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. PHF has an additional female PT1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. BKC/BB/BD/BZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. BKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs BKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. BB/BD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. BZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. PTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; BESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $163.58

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1191STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1191STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1191STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1191 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1191 1191 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1191STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1191 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 6009.74 g (6.00974 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1191 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1350 mm = 159 + 1191; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1296 mm = 105 + 1191 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1353.5 mm = 159 + 1191 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2544.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1191 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1350 mm = 159 + 1191 C+stroke 1296 mm = 105 + 1191 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $641.24

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1198STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1198STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1198STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1198 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1198 1198 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1198STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1198 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 6040.12 g (6.04012 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1198 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1357 mm = 159 + 1198; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1303 mm = 105 + 1198 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1360.5 mm = 159 + 1198 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2558.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1198 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1357 mm = 159 + 1198 C+stroke 1303 mm = 105 + 1198 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $643.98

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1200STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1200STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1200STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1200 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1200 1200 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1200STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1200 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 6048.8 g (6.0488 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1200 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1359 mm = 159 + 1200; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1305 mm = 105 + 1200 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1362.5 mm = 159 + 1200 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2562.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1200 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1359 mm = 159 + 1200 C+stroke 1305 mm = 105 + 1200 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $644.75

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1199STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1199STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1199STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1199 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1199 1199 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1199STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1199 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 6044.46 g (6.04446 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1199 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1358 mm = 159 + 1199; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1304 mm = 105 + 1199 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1361.5 mm = 159 + 1199 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2560.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1199 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1358 mm = 159 + 1199 C+stroke 1304 mm = 105 + 1199 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $644.28

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1197STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1197STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1197STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1197 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1197 1197 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1197STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1197 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 6035.78 g (6.03578 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1197 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1356 mm = 159 + 1197; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1302 mm = 105 + 1197 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1359.5 mm = 159 + 1197 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2556.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1197 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1356 mm = 159 + 1197 C+stroke 1302 mm = 105 + 1197 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $643.52

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1196STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1196STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1196STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1196 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1196 1196 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1196STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1196 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 6031.44 g (6.03144 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1196 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1355 mm = 159 + 1196; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1301 mm = 105 + 1196 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1358.5 mm = 159 + 1196 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2554.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1196 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1355 mm = 159 + 1196 C+stroke 1301 mm = 105 + 1196 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $643.22

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1188STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1188STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1188STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1188 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1188 1188 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1188STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1188 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 5996.72 g (5.99672 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1188 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1347 mm = 159 + 1188; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1293 mm = 105 + 1188 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1350.5 mm = 159 + 1188 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2538.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1188 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1347 mm = 159 + 1188 C+stroke 1293 mm = 105 + 1188 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $640.15

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1189STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1189STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1189STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1189 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1189 1189 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1189STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1189 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 6001.06 g (6.00106 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1189 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1348 mm = 159 + 1189; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1294 mm = 105 + 1189 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1351.5 mm = 159 + 1189 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2540.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1189 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1348 mm = 159 + 1189 C+stroke 1294 mm = 105 + 1189 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $640.48

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1192STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1192STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1192STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1192 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1192 1192 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1192STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1192 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 6014.08 g (6.01408 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1192 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1351 mm = 159 + 1192; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1297 mm = 105 + 1192 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1354.5 mm = 159 + 1192 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2546.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1192 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1351 mm = 159 + 1192 C+stroke 1297 mm = 105 + 1192 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $641.68

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1195STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1195STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1195STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1195 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1195 1195 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1195STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1195 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 6027.1 g (6.0271 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1195 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1354 mm = 159 + 1195; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1300 mm = 105 + 1195 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1357.5 mm = 159 + 1195 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2552.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1195 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1354 mm = 159 + 1195 C+stroke 1300 mm = 105 + 1195 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $642.75

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1182STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1182STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1182STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1182 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1182 1182 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1182STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1182 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 5970.68 g (5.97068 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1182 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1341 mm = 159 + 1182; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1287 mm = 105 + 1182 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1344.5 mm = 159 + 1182 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2526.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1182 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1341 mm = 159 + 1182 C+stroke 1287 mm = 105 + 1182 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $637.87

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1194STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1194STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1194STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1194 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1194 1194 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1194STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1194 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 6022.76 g (6.02276 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1194 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1353 mm = 159 + 1194; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1299 mm = 105 + 1194 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1356.5 mm = 159 + 1194 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2550.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1194 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1353 mm = 159 + 1194 C+stroke 1299 mm = 105 + 1194 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $642.45

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1193STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1193STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1193STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1193 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1193 1193 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1193STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1193 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 6018.42 g (6.01842 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1193 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1352 mm = 159 + 1193; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1298 mm = 105 + 1193 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1355.5 mm = 159 + 1193 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2548.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1193 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1352 mm = 159 + 1193 C+stroke 1298 mm = 105 + 1193 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $641.98

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1190STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1190STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1190STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1190 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1190 1190 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1190STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1190 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 6005.4 g (6.0054 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1190 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1349 mm = 159 + 1190; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1295 mm = 105 + 1190 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1352.5 mm = 159 + 1190 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2542.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1190 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1349 mm = 159 + 1190 C+stroke 1295 mm = 105 + 1190 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $640.91

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1177STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1177STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1177STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1177 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1177 1177 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1177STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1177 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 5948.98 g (5.94898 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1177 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1336 mm = 159 + 1177; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1282 mm = 105 + 1177 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1339.5 mm = 159 + 1177 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2516.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1177 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1336 mm = 159 + 1177 C+stroke 1282 mm = 105 + 1177 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $635.87

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1173STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1173STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1173STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1173 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1173 1173 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1173STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1173 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 5931.62 g (5.93162 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1173 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1332 mm = 159 + 1173; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1278 mm = 105 + 1173 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1335.5 mm = 159 + 1173 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2508.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1173 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1332 mm = 159 + 1173 C+stroke 1278 mm = 105 + 1173 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $634.34

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1184STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1184STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1184STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1184 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1184 1184 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1184STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1184 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 5979.36 g (5.97936 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1184 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1343 mm = 159 + 1184; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1289 mm = 105 + 1184 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1346.5 mm = 159 + 1184 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2530.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1184 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1343 mm = 159 + 1184 C+stroke 1289 mm = 105 + 1184 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $638.61

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1186STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1186STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1186STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1186 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1186 1186 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1186STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1186 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 5988.04 g (5.98804 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1186 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1345 mm = 159 + 1186; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1291 mm = 105 + 1186 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1348.5 mm = 159 + 1186 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2534.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1186 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1345 mm = 159 + 1186 C+stroke 1291 mm = 105 + 1186 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $639.38

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1187STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1187STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1187STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1187 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1187 1187 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1187STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1187 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 5992.38 g (5.99238 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1187 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1346 mm = 159 + 1187; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1292 mm = 105 + 1187 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1349.5 mm = 159 + 1187 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2536.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1187 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1346 mm = 159 + 1187 C+stroke 1292 mm = 105 + 1187 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $639.71

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1181STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1181STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1181STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1181 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1181 1181 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1181STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1181 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 5966.34 g (5.96634 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1181 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1340 mm = 159 + 1181; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1286 mm = 105 + 1181 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1343.5 mm = 159 + 1181 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2524.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1181 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1340 mm = 159 + 1181 C+stroke 1286 mm = 105 + 1181 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $637.41

  • Airtac SE: Double Acting Standard Air Cylinder - SE40CX1183STCG

    Airtac SE series: double-acting cylinder - SE40CX1183STCG

    Specifications: SE40CX1183STCG — Airtac SE double-acting, single-rod pneumatic cylinder; 40 mm bore, 1183 mm stroke, sus316 stainless steel piston rod, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/4 ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mounting bracket. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SE SE series, double-acting single-rod cylinder 40 40 mm bore C SUS316 stainless steel piston rod X Separator before stroke 1183 1183 mm stroke S With magnet in the piston TC Trunnion mounting bracket No seal-material suffix TPU seal option; internal O-ring materials follow the component table G G1/4 port thread Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SE40CX1183STCG Action Double acting, single rod Bore 40 mm Stroke 1183 mm; Non-standard configurable stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel Magnetic piston With magnet; a sensor is not implied included Mounting selection Trunnion mounting bracket Seal option TPU; this does not mean every internal O-ring is TPU Port thread G1/4 Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through a 40 µm or finer filter Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for the actual load and piping Stroke tolerance +2 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning at both ends Series cushion-stroke reference 27 mm nominal catalog value; actual deceleration depends on stroke, load and adjustment Rod diameter and end thread 16 mm; M12 × 1.25 Sensor selection Optional CMSE or DMSE sensor for this magnetic configuration; select the exact sensor separately Calculated weight reference 5975.02 g (5.97502 kg); bare-cylinder reference, excluding mounting and rod-end accessories Weight basis: 840.8 g non-stroke mass + 1183 mm × 4.34 g/mm. Catalog reference estimate, not measured or packed shipping weight. Rod-material mass correction is unlisted. Mount masses are unlisted and excluded. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation The catalog lists ISO 15552 and VDMA 24562 as the cylinder design standards; this is not a separate certification claim. Compressed air alternately drives the piston in both directions. The profiled double-acting piston seal has a compact, oil-retaining design. Square aluminum-alloy barrel without external tie rods, with adjustable end cushioning. Use external guidance where the load would bend or twist the rod. Select mounting parts to match the motion and load path. A catalog-compatible accessory is not automatically included in the delivery. External and Mounting Dimensions Basic SE40 geometry is identical with or without a magnet. Dimensions are in mm except threads. Derived overall lengths include the rear locating boss but exclude mounts, rod-end joints, air fittings, sensors and packaging. Parameter Value A + stroke, retracted 1342 mm = 159 + 1183; rod-thread end to rear-cover face, excluding rear locating boss AC + stroke, body face span 1288 mm = 105 + 1183 Bare-cylinder overall length, retracted 1345.5 mm = 159 + 1183 + 3.5 Bare-cylinder overall length, fully extended 2528.5 mm = 159 + 2 × 1183 + 3.5 Body cross-section, width × height 54 × 54 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 (K), 16 mm deep (KA); 38 × 38 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / rod-end thread D = 16 mm; E = M12 × 1.25; EA = 24 mm Locating bosses ØM = 35 mm; ØN = 35 mm; rear projection NA = 3.5 mm Rod-end local dimensions AB = 54; DA = 33; F = 17; FA = 7; H = 13 mm Cover and port local dimensions AD = 32; AE = 32; MA = 21.5; PA = 17.5; PB = 6 mm; P = G1/4 Mount symbols refer to their own drawings; unrelated dimensions cannot be added into a verified assembly length × width × height. Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mounting bracket; part F-SE40TC A+stroke 1342 mm = 159 + 1183 C+stroke 1288 mm = 105 + 1183 Dimensions (mm) AA = 95; CA = 16; E = 63; F = 33 Dimensions (mm) G = 78 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Assembly and Accessory Selection TC requires a matching TCM1 or TCM2 support arrangement. Confirm the ordered combination and keep the support in its specified position. Optional part Application and reference F-SI40LB Foot mount (LB); low-carbon steel F-SI40FA Front flange (FA); aluminum alloy F-SI40FA Rear flange (FB); aluminum alloy F-SE40CA Rear single clevis (CA); ductile cast iron F-SE40CB Rear double clevis (CB); ductile cast iron F-SI40CR Rear pivot support used with CB (CR); ductile cast iron F-SE40TC Trunnion mounting bracket (TC) F-SI40FTC Front trunnion mount (FTC); cast steel F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support type 1 (TCM1); cast steel F-SI40TCM2 Trunnion support type 2 (TCM2); aluminum alloy F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; 127 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12. F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 175 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2. F-M12X125F Floating joint; 130 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 108 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16. All four rod-end alternatives use M12 × 1.25; match the exact pitch. Drawing dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. CR requires CB; FTC and TC pair with TCM1 or TCM2. Joint drawings define added assembly space; add their masses only when supplied. Floating-joint MK is angular compensation; the M6-and-under radial-offset note does not apply. CMSE/DMSE require the S piston. Hardware, sensors, joints and service parts are separate unless ordered. Match SE40 seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings and covers to the actual seal and production revision; replacement magnets apply only to magnetic models. Confirm service-part codes; bore and drawing callouts alone are insufficient. TC static support reference: 1200 N at the catalog maximum locking-torque range 4–6 N·m. This is not cylinder force or a safe machine-load rating. Compatible Magnetic Sensors This S configuration has a magnetic piston and accepts E-profile DMSE or CMSE switches in its sensor groove. The options below are ordered separately; select the output and cable for the controller, supply and installation. S does not include a sensor or connection cable. Sensor option Electrical selection and complete order codes DMSE: 2-wire electronic 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W. Direct cable: DMSE-020, DMSE-030, DMSE-050, DMSE-100. Quick connector: DMSE-M08, DMSE-M08010, DMSE-M08020, DMSE-M08030, DMSE-M12, DMSE-M12010, DMSE-M12020, DMSE-M12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-020-W, DMSE-030-W, DMSE-050-W, DMSE-100-W. DMSE: NPN 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sinking output. Direct cable: DMSE-N020, DMSE-N030, DMSE-N050, DMSE-N100. Quick connector: DMSE-NM08, DMSE-NM08010, DMSE-NM08020, DMSE-NM08030, DMSE-NM12, DMSE-NM12010, DMSE-NM12020, DMSE-NM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-N020-W, DMSE-N030-W, DMSE-N050-W, DMSE-N100-W. DMSE: PNP 3-wire 5–30 V DC; max. 200 mA and 6 W; sourcing output. Direct cable: DMSE-P020, DMSE-P030, DMSE-P050, DMSE-P100. Quick connector: DMSE-PM08, DMSE-PM08010, DMSE-PM08020, DMSE-PM08030, DMSE-PM12, DMSE-PM12010, DMSE-PM12020, DMSE-PM12030. IP68 direct cable: DMSE-P020-W, DMSE-P030-W, DMSE-P050-W, DMSE-P100-W. CMSE: 2-wire reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. CMSE-020, CMSE-030, CMSE-050, CMSE-100, CMSE-M08, CMSE-M08010, CMSE-M08020, CMSE-M08030, CMSE-M12, CMSE-M12010, CMSE-M12020, CMSE-M12030. CMSE-H: high-temperature reed contact 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits. No indicator light. Sensor rating −10 to 125 °C; this does not raise the cylinder or complete assembly temperature limit. CMSE-020-H, CMSE-030-H, CMSE-050-H, CMSE-100-H, CMSE-M08-H, CMSE-M08010-H, CMSE-M08020-H, CMSE-M08030-H, CMSE-M12-H, CMSE-M12010-H, CMSE-M12020-H, CMSE-M12030-H. A05-DMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; IP64. Direct cable: A05-DMSE-020, A05-DMSE-030, A05-DMSE-050, A05-DMSE-100. A06-DMSE: oil-resistant flex cable 2-wire electronic; 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA, max. 2.8 W; built-in IP68. Direct cable: A06-DMSE-020, A06-DMSE-030, A06-DMSE-050, A06-DMSE-100. A05-CMSE: flex-resistant cable 2-wire reed contact; 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both 100 mA and 10 W maximum limits; IP64. Direct cable: A05-CMSE-020, A05-CMSE-030, A05-CMSE-050, A05-CMSE-100. M8 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M8 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 2-wire CMSE / DMSE F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. M12 female cable: 3-wire NPN / PNP DMSE F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100. Lengths: 2, 3, 5 and 10 m, respectively. Cable codes: 020 = 2 m, 030 = 3 m, 050 = 5 m and 100 = 10 m. M08/M12 = M8/M12 male connector with 0.5 m lead; M08010/M12010 = 1 m, M08020/M12020 = 2 m and M08030/M12030 = 3 m. Match the separately ordered female cable to connector size, wire count and pin assignment; connector size alone is insufficient. Standard DMSE/CMSE and A05/A06 sensors operate at −10 to 70 °C. Use the overlap of cylinder, sensor and cable ratings. General sensors are IP64; only the listed DMSE-W direct leads and A06-DMSE have IP68. A05/A06 use direct leads only; use at least a 19 mm cable bend radius and suitable protection for the environment. For 3-wire DC sensors: brown = positive, blue = negative, black = output. NPN uses a load between positive and output; PNP uses a load between output and negative. Two-wire switches require a series load. Check residual voltage and leakage against the controller input: DMSE 2-wire max. 3.5 V / 0.06 mA; DMSE 3-wire max. 0.7 V / 0.01 mA. Connect the load before energizing and follow the selected sensor wiring diagram. Installation: loosen the sensor screw, slide the E-profile sensor into the cylinder groove, position it within the switching range, then tighten to 0.15–0.20 N·m; never exceed 0.25 N·m. Keep wiring clear of motion and high-voltage cables. Check sensing position and secure wiring after installation. The female cables above are optional for matching quick connectors; direct-lead sensors do not require them. Three-wire female cable pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black (output). Two-wire: pin 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−); pin 3 unused.Force and System Selection Parameter Value Theoretical extension force 628 N at 0.5 MPa; effective piston area 1256 mm² Theoretical retraction force 527.5 N at 0.5 MPa; effective annular area 1055 mm² Force calculation Force (N) = effective piston area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction and dynamic losses; not a safe payload rating Catalog load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 for static/low-speed duty, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; assess actual duty Required effective flow area At 300 / 400 / 500 / 600 / 700 / 800 mm/s: 2 / 2.6 / 3.3 / 3.9 / 4.6 / 5.2 mm²; this is pneumatic flow area, not piston force area Tubing reference, OD × ID 300 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 400 mm/s: 6 × 4 mm; 500 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 600 mm/s: 8 × 5 mm; 700 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm; 800 mm/s: 10 × 6.5 mm Reference speeds are not guaranteed: motion depends on load, pressure, valve flow, pipe length, fittings, cushioning and exhaust backpressure. The 0.1 MPa force reference is below the SE minimum. Long strokes need support and stability checks; heavy/fast loads may need a deceleration circuit or external absorber. Separate circuit examples: 5V 5V11006B050,5V12006B050,5V21006B050,5V22006B050,5V21008B050,5V22008B050; 4V 4V11006BG,4V12006BG,4V21006BG,4V22006BG,4V21008BG,4V22008BG; 4A 4A11006G,4A12006G,4A21006G,4A22006G,4A21008G,4A22008G. B is 24 V DC; 5V suffix 050 specifies 0.5 m terminal leads, while these 4V examples use DIN/internal pilot. 4A needs air-pilot control, not a coil. 10/20 denote single/double solenoid or air pilot. 5V has PT ports; in a G-cylinder circuit, use separately matched PT valve and G cylinder fittings. All listed exhaust ports are 1/8; 06 supply/work ports are 1/8 and 08 supply/work ports are 1/4. Valve range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20–70 °C; use 40 µm or finer filtered air and the lowest circuit ratings. Select valve function and pilot supply for the circuit; no speed guarantee. Additional blue 100 m tube-coil examples (OD × ID): PA6060040100MBU, PA6 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 3 MPa at 23 °C, −10–70 °C, minimum bend radius 45 mm; PA12060040100MBU, PA12 nylon 6 × 4 mm, 2 MPa at 23 °C, −40–70 °C, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D060040100MBU/UN54D080050100MBU/UN54D100065100MBU are flame-resistant 6 × 4/8 × 5/10 × 6.5 mm tubes respectively, minimum bend radii 12/18/20 mm; all 1 MPa at 23 °C, −20–70 °C. Apply temperature derating and actual tube/fitting compatibility. The listed nylon range does not supply 8 × 5 or 10 × 6.5 mm; other IDs do not inherit the sizing reference. Flame-resistant tubing does not certify the complete machine. Coils are separate selections, not included cut lengths. 4M NAMUR valves require a separately verified adapter arrangement; they do not mount directly to this SE cylinder. Internal Components Catalog item Material / scope 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification 2 — Piston rod SUS316 stainless steel 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Front cover Aluminum alloy 5 — Bushing Wear-resistant material 6 — Cushion O-ring TPU 7 — Cylinder barrel Aluminum alloy 8 — O-ring NBR 9 — Piston Aluminum alloy 10 — Piston O-ring NBR 11 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet for this 40 mm magnetic cylinder 13 — Hexagon socket screw Carbon steel 14 — Cushion seal TPU 15 — Rear cover Aluminum alloy 16 — Pillar nut Carbon steel or stainless steel, according to the supplied part specification Series Ordering Options The following are series options, not additional features of this model. SE is single rod; SED is double rod; SEJ is double rod with adjustable stroke. Their dimensions and weight formulas differ. Rod material: omitted = medium carbon steel, A = SUS420J2, B = SUS304, C = SUS316. Seal option: omitted = TPU, H = fluororubber, N = NBR. S selects the magnetic piston; omitted selects no magnet. Port thread: omitted = PT, G = G thread. A different seal code alone does not establish a higher operating-temperature rating. SE40 catalog standard strokes are 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800 mm. The catalog lists a 1200 mm maximum and 1800 mm allowable stroke. Confirm non-standard orders and availability; check long-stroke rod support, load direction and stability. Installation and Maintenance Installation and servicing should be performed by trained personnel. Isolate power and air and release residual pressure before servicing; prevent sudden rod movement during restart. Protect against dust, splash, corrosive media and freezing condensate; use suitable components for special environments. Keep magnetic versions away from strong external magnetic fields. Provide guarding and suitable measures against unintended movement or dropped loads after pressure loss. The cylinder alone is not a safety holding device. Factory prelubrication generally permits operation without added oil. If lubrication is used, use additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil and continue lubrication once started; do not use engine or spindle oil. Use clean, properly treated compressed air and flush piping before connection. Keep thread sealant or tape clear of the first one to two threads to prevent contamination. Adjust air cushioning for the actual load and speed; avoid side loading and protect the rod surface. Cap ports and protect against corrosion during extended storage. Install speed controls at both cylinder ports. For commissioning, start with the flow controls closed and open them gradually from low speed; exhaust throttling is commonly used for stable speed. Adjust the cushion needle for the load and speed so the piston does not strike the end cover or rebound; do not force the cushion adjustment screw. Keep the rod axis aligned with the load motion. Guide external loads separately to avoid bending, side load and torque on the rod; support long-stroke installations against sag and vibration. Use a pivoting cylinder mount for swinging linkages instead of forcing a foot-mounted cylinder to follow an arc. Select front/rear flange orientation for the predominant load direction. Inspect seals, mount fixings, air leaks and rod condition periodically. Use service parts matched to the exact cylinder, seal material and revision; internal drawing numbers are not independent order codes. Connection and Tube-Side Options Selection Complete codes; tube sizes as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC602,GPC602D; 8 mm OD: GPC802,GPC802D; 10 mm OD: GPC1002,GPC1002D; 12 mm OD: GPC1202,GPC1202D; 4 mm OD: GPC402-M,GPC402D-M GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL602,GPL602D; 8 mm OD: GPL802,GPL802D; 10 mm OD: GPL1002,GPL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPL1202,GPL1202D; 4 mm OD: GPL402-M,GPL402D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL402,GPLL402D; 6 mm OD: GPLL602,GPLL602D; 8 mm OD: GPLL802,GPLL802D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1002,GPLL1002D; 12 mm OD: GPLL1202,GPLL1202D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB402,GPEB402D; 6 mm OD: GPEB602,GPEB602D; 8 mm OD: GPEB802,GPEB802D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1002,GPEB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPEB1202,GPEB1202D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED402,GPED402D; 6 mm OD: GPED602,GPED602D; 8 mm OD: GPED802,GPED802D; 10 mm OD: GPED1002,GPED1002D; 12 mm OD: GPED1202,GPED1202D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB402,GPYB402D; 6 mm OD: GPYB602,GPYB602D; 8 mm OD: GPYB802,GPYB802D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1002,GPYB1002D; 12 mm OD: GPYB1202,GPYB1202D GPH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: GPH602,GPH602D; 8 mm OD: GPH802,GPH802D; 10 mm OD: GPH1002,GPH1002D GPHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: GPHF602,GPHF602D; 8 mm OD: GPHF802,GPHF802D; 10 mm OD: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D GPHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: GPHW602,GPHW602D; 8 mm OD: GPHW802,GPHW802D; 10 mm OD: GPHW1002,GPHW1002D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB602,GPZB602D; 8 mm OD: GPZB802,GPZB802D; 10 mm OD: GPZB1002,GPZB1002D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC402; 6 mm OD: GBPC602; 8 mm OD: GBPC802; 10 mm OD: GBPC1002; 12 mm OD: GBPC1202 GBKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-02; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-02; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-02; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC1065-02; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1075-02; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: GBKC1208-02; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: GBKC1209-02 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0102; male G1/4: GBB0202; male G3/8: GBB0203; male G1/2: GBB0204 GBD male–female adapter female G1/8: GBD0102 GBZ auxiliary plug — unused auxiliary port only GBZ02 GBSL exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSL02 GBSLM miniature exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBSLM02 GBESL throttling exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only GBESL02 GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD; 10 mm OD: GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD; 10 mm OD: GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in exhaust silencer — valve exhaust only 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC inline threaded flow control female G1/4: ASC20008G GAFR upstream filter/regulator female G1/4: GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU PSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S All listed parts are separately selected alternatives, not an included kit or stock promise. Use G1/4 cylinder fittings and the specified seal; PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. Check insertion depth, tool/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. G joints require the correct face seal and mating surface. The M12 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tube. Match OD, and compression fittings also require the stated ID. D is black and blank is gray where offered; -M is miniature. -S specifies only the stainless 304 parts identified in the component material table, not the whole cylinder/circuit. GPHF has an additional female G1/4 branch: connect or seal it as the designed circuit permits; it is not another tube socket. Tees, Y, cross and distribution fittings must not bridge the two cylinder chambers or unrelated control circuits. SE40 operates at 0.15–1 MPa and −20–70 °C. Ordinary push-in and listed flow controls are 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC is 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C: the SE path is therefore no wider than 0.15–0.9 MPa and 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBD/GBZ is 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SE path to 0.15–1 MPa and 0–70 °C. Every lower selected valve, tube and sensor limit still applies. Component vacuum ratings do not approve a vacuum SE assembly. GBKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm tubing needs GBKC0805-02. Hold the body hex during thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tube fully and tighten the nut. GBB/GBD requires the exact size and gender shown for the second end. BD/GBD ordering identifies the female size first and male size second. GBZ closes only a permitted unused auxiliary port, never either active cylinder working port. At a cylinder port, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). Use A for the usual double-acting exhaust-control circuit; choose B only for a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly. Flow control is not safety isolation. GPTL 1/4 cap adjustment is recommended at 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread installation torque. PSA/GPSA are threadless tube-to-tube controls without an A/B suffix; match both tube ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. The G in GPSA does not specify a G-thread port. PPA6/PPA8/PPA10/PPA12 have 6/8/10/12 mm plain stems, requiring matching metric push-in sockets on the separately selected directional-valve exhaust. PPA uses POM body/cap and PE filter, rated 0–1 MPa and −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not a site-noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. PPA and threaded silencers must not occupy cylinder working ports or serve as inlet filters or safety shutoffs. Match actual exhaust thread/flow and check backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC is a separate female-port inline control requiring its own fittings; follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa component range limits the SE path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other lower limits. Use 40 µm or finer filtered air. GAFR200/300 S examples are separately connected upstream compressed-air filter/regulators: PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket, round clip-on gauge, 40 µm element and no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check required flow, pressure drop, condensate and bowl environment; not a vacuum regulator, cylinder-mounted part or mandatory bore-specific size. Set pressure within every downstream rating. US98A/UE95A examples are blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Their 1 MPa rating is at 23 °C and requires temperature derating. US98A is −20–70 °C; UE95A is −40–70 °C, while the SE assembly stays within every component limit. Match OD and ID, bend radius, routing and actual flow. Only the stated selection-table tube sizes have the reference-speed association; other listed ODs do not inherit it.

    $638.17


You have seen 24 out of 25001 products

Footer image

© 2026 Airtac, Powered by Shopify

  • US (USD $) US (USD $)
  • Ach Direct Debit
  • Amazon
  • American Express
  • Apple Pay
  • Bizum
  • Diners Club
  • Discover
  • Google Pay
  • Mastercard
  • MB WAY
  • PayPal
  • Satispay
  • Shop Pay
  • USDC
  • Visa